blob: 0fec497328bd5fd27df28efda7a14d828a106346 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
190 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
191 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
193 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
196 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
197 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
198 /lib Architecture specific library files
199 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
200 /cpu CPU specific files
201 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
202 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
203 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400204 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
205 /cpu CPU specific files
206 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500207/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
208/board Board dependent files
209/common Misc architecture independent functions
210/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
211/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
212/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400213/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500214/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
215/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
216/include Header Files
217/lib Files generic to all architectures
218 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
219 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
220 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
221/net Networking code
222/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400223/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500224/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000225
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226Software Configuration:
227=======================
228
229Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
230rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
231
232There are two classes of configuration variables:
233
234* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
235 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
236 "CONFIG_".
237
238* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
239 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
240 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200241 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000242
243Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
244identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
245do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
246links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
247as an example here.
248
249
250Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
251---------------------------------------------------
252
253For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200254configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000255
256Example: For a TQM823L module type:
257
258 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200259 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000260
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200261For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200262e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000263directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
264
265
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600266Sandbox Environment:
267--------------------
268
269U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
270board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
271specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
272run some of U-Boot's tests.
273
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530274See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600275
276
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000277Configuration Options:
278----------------------
279
280Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
281such information is kept in a configuration file
282"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
283
284Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
285"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
286
287
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000288Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
289kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
290build a config tool - later.
291
292
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293The following options need to be configured:
294
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500295- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000296
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500297- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200298
299- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100300 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000301
302- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
303 Define exactly one of
304 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
305--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
306 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
307 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
308
309- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
310 Define exactly one of
311 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
312
313- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
314 Define one or more of
315 CONFIG_CMA302
316
317- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
318 Define one or more of
319 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200320 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000321 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
322
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530323- Marvell Family Member
324 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
325 multiple fs option at one time
326 for marvell soc family
327
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200328- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000329 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
330 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000331 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
332 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000333 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
334 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000335
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000336- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200337 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
338 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000339 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000340 See doc/README.MPC866
341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200342 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000343
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000344 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
345 of relying on the correctness of the configured
346 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
347 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
348 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200349 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000350
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100351 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
352
353 Define this option if you want to enable the
354 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
355
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600356- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000357 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
358
359 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
360 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
361 compliance, among other possible reasons.
362
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600363 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
364
365 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
366 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
367 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
368
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500369 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
370
371 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
372 tree nodes for the given platform.
373
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000374 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
375
376 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
377 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
378 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
379 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
380 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
381 purpose.
382
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
384
385 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
386 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
388
389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
390 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
391
392 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
393 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
394
395 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
396 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
397 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
398 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
399
400 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
401 this erratum.
402
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530403 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
404 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800405 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530406
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530407 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
408 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800409 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530410
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000411 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
412
413 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
414 according to the A004510 workaround.
415
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530416 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
417 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
418 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
419
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
421 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
422 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
423
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530424 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
425 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
426 connected to the DSP core.
427
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530428 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
429 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
430
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
432 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
433 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
434 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
435
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530436 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
437 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
438 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
439
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800440 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800441 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800442 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
443
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000444- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700445 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
446 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
447 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
448 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
449 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
450
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000451 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
452
453 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
454 values is arch specific.
455
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
457 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
458 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
459 SoCs.
460
461 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
462 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
463
464 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
465 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
466 deskew training are not available.
467
468 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
469 Freescale DDR1 controller.
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
472 Freescale DDR2 controller.
473
474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
475 Freescale DDR3 controller.
476
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
478 Freescale DDR4 controller.
479
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
481 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
482
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700483 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
484 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
485 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
486 implemetation.
487
488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
489 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
490 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
491 implementation.
492
493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
494 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700495 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
496
497 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
498 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
499 DDR3L controllers.
500
501 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
502 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
503 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700504
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
506 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
507
508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
509 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
510
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
512 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
513 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
514
515 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
516 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
517 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
518 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
519
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530520 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
521 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
522 concatenated with u-boot binary.
523
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
525 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
526
527 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
528 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
529
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800530 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
531 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
532 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
533 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
534
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800535 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
536 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
537 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
538 SoCs with ARM core.
539
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700540 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
541 Number of controllers used as main memory.
542
543 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
544 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
545
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530546 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
547 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
548
549 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
550 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
551
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100552- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200553 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100554
555 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
556 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
557 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
558
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200559 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200560
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100561 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
562 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200563 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100564 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200565
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200566- MIPS CPU options:
567 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
568
569 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
570 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
571 relocation.
572
573 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
574
575 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
576 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
577 Possible values are:
578 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
579 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
580 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
581 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
582 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
583 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
584 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
585 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
586
587 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
588
589 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
590 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
591
592 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
593
594 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
595 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
596 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
597
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000598- ARM options:
599 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
600
601 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
602 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
603
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000604 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
605
606 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
607 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
608 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
609 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
610 GCC.
611
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000612 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000613 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
614 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
615 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500616 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500617 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000618
619 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
620 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
621 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
622 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
623 set these options unless they apply!
624
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -0700625- Driver Model
626 Driver model is a new framework for devices in U-Boot
627 introduced in early 2014. U-Boot is being progressively
628 moved over to this. It offers a consistent device structure,
629 supports grouping devices into classes and has built-in
630 handling of platform data and device tree.
631
632 To enable transition to driver model in a relatively
633 painful fashion, each subsystem can be independently
634 switched between the legacy/ad-hoc approach and the new
635 driver model using the options below. Also, many uclass
636 interfaces include compatibility features which may be
637 removed once the conversion of that subsystem is complete.
638 As a result, the API provided by the subsystem may in fact
639 not change with driver model.
640
641 See doc/driver-model/README.txt for more information.
642
643 CONFIG_DM
644
645 Enable driver model. This brings in the core support,
646 including scanning of platform data on start-up. If
647 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is enabled, the device tree will be
648 scanned also when available.
649
650 CONFIG_CMD_DM
651
652 Enable driver model test commands. These allow you to print
653 out the driver model tree and the uclasses.
654
655 CONFIG_DM_DEMO
656
657 Enable some demo devices and the 'demo' command. These are
658 really only useful for playing around while trying to
659 understand driver model in sandbox.
660
661 CONFIG_SPL_DM
662
663 Enable driver model in SPL. You will need to provide a
664 suitable malloc() implementation. If you are not using the
665 full malloc() enabled by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START,
666 consider using CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE. In that case you
667 must provide CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to set the size.
668 In most cases driver model will only allocate a few uclasses
669 and devices in SPL, so 1KB should be enable. See
670 CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for more details on how to enable
671 it.
672
673 CONFIG_DM_SERIAL
674
675 Enable driver model for serial. This replaces
676 drivers/serial/serial.c with the serial uclass, which
677 implements serial_putc() etc. The uclass interface is
678 defined in include/serial.h.
679
680 CONFIG_DM_GPIO
681
682 Enable driver model for GPIO access. The standard GPIO
683 interface (gpio_get_value(), etc.) is then implemented by
684 the GPIO uclass. Drivers provide methods to query the
685 particular GPIOs that they provide. The uclass interface
686 is defined in include/asm-generic/gpio.h.
687
688 CONFIG_DM_SPI
689
690 Enable driver model for SPI. The SPI slave interface
691 (spi_setup_slave(), spi_xfer(), etc.) is then implemented by
692 the SPI uclass. Drivers provide methods to access the SPI
693 buses that they control. The uclass interface is defined in
694 include/spi.h. The existing spi_slave structure is attached
695 as 'parent data' to every slave on each bus. Slaves
696 typically use driver-private data instead of extending the
697 spi_slave structure.
698
699 CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH
700
701 Enable driver model for SPI flash. This SPI flash interface
702 (spi_flash_probe(), spi_flash_write(), etc.) is then
703 implemented by the SPI flash uclass. There is one standard
704 SPI flash driver which knows how to probe most chips
705 supported by U-Boot. The uclass interface is defined in
706 include/spi_flash.h, but is currently fully compatible
707 with the old interface to avoid confusion and duplication
708 during the transition parent. SPI and SPI flash must be
709 enabled together (it is not possible to use driver model
710 for one and not the other).
711
712 CONFIG_DM_CROS_EC
713
714 Enable driver model for the Chrome OS EC interface. This
715 allows the cros_ec SPI driver to operate with CONFIG_DM_SPI
716 but otherwise makes few changes. Since cros_ec also supports
717 I2C and LPC (which don't support driver model yet), a full
718 conversion is not yet possible.
719
720
721 ** Code size options: The following options are enabled by
722 default except in SPL. Enable them explicitly to get these
723 features in SPL.
724
725 CONFIG_DM_WARN
726
727 Enable the dm_warn() function. This can use up quite a bit
728 of space for its strings.
729
730 CONFIG_DM_STDIO
731
732 Enable registering a serial device with the stdio library.
733
734 CONFIG_DM_DEVICE_REMOVE
735
736 Enable removing of devices.
737
738
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000739- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000740 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
741
742 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
743 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
744 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
745 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
746 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
747 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
748 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000749 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100750 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000751 default environment.
752
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000753 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
754
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800755 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000756 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
757 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
758
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400759 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200760
761 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400762 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
763 concepts).
764
765 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
766 * New libfdt-based support
767 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500768 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400769
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200770 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
771 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
772 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
773 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200774 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600775 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200776
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200777 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
778 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500779
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600780 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
781
782 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
783 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000784
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600785 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
786
787 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
788 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
789 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
790 the kernel.
791
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500792 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
793
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200794 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500795 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
796
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200797 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
798
799 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
800 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
801 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
802 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
803 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
804 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
805
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000806 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
807
808 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
809 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
810 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
811 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
812 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
813 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
814 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
815
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100816- vxWorks boot parameters:
817
818 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
819 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
820 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
821
822 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
823 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
824 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
825 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
826
827 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
828
829 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
830
831 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
832 the defaults discussed just above.
833
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000834- Cache Configuration:
835 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
836 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
837 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
838
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000839- Cache Configuration for ARM:
840 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
841 controller
842 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
843 controller register space
844
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000845- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200846 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000847
848 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
849
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200850 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000851
852 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
853
854 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
855
856 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
857 the clock speed of the UARTs.
858
859 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
860
861 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
862 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
863 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
864
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000865 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
866
867 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
868 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
869 this variable to initialize the extra register.
870
871 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
872
873 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
874 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
875 variable to flush the UART at init time.
876
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400877 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
878
879 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
880 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000881
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000882- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000883 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
884 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
885 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
886 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000887
888 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
889 port routines must be defined elsewhere
890 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
891
892 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
893 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000894 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000895 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
896 (default big endian)
897 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
898 rectangle fill
899 (cf. smiLynxEM)
900 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
901 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
902 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
903 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000904 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
905 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000906 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
907 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000908 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000909 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
910 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
911 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
912 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
913 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
914 (i.e. i8042_getc)
915 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
916 (requires blink timer
917 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200918 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000919 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
920 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
923 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000924 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
925 linux_logo.h for logo.
926 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000927 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200928 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000929 the logo
930
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000931 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
932 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
933 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
934
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000935 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
936 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
937 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000938
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000939 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
940 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
941 the "silent" environment variable. See
942 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000943
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200944 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
945 is 0x00.
946 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
947 is 0xa0.
948
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000949- Console Baudrate:
950 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
951 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200952 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
953 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000954
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100955- Console Rx buffer length
956 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
957 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100958 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100959 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
960 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
961 the SMC.
962
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000963- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200964 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
965 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
966 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
967 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
968 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
969 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
970 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200971 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200972 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000973
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200974 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
975 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000976
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000977- Safe printf() functions
978 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
979 the printf() functions. These are defined in
980 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
981 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
982 If this option is not given then these functions will
983 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
984 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
985
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000986- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
987 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
988 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000989 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
990 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000991
992 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
993 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
994 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
995 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
996 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
997 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
998 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
999 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
1000 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
1001 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
1002 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
1003 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
1004
1005- Autoboot Command:
1006 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
1007 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
1008 define a command string that is automatically executed
1009 when no character is read on the console interface
1010 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
1011
1012 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001013 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
1014 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
1015 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016
1017 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001018 The value of these goes into the environment as
1019 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
1020 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001021 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001022
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +01001023- Bootcount:
1024 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
1025 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
1026 cycle, see:
1027 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
1028
1029 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
1030 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
1031 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
1032 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
1033 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
1034 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
1035 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
1036 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
1037 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
1038
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001039- Pre-Boot Commands:
1040 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1041
1042 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1043 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1044 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1045 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1046 entering interactive mode.
1047
1048 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1049 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1050 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1051 modified when the user holds down a certain
1052 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1053 booting the systems
1054
1055- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1056 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1057 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1058 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1059 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1060 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1061 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1062 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1063
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001064- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001065 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1066 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001067 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001068
1069- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001070 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1071 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +00001072 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
1073 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001074 and augmenting with additional #define's
1075 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001076
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001077 The default command configuration includes all commands
1078 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001079
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +01001080 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001081 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001082 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1083 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1084 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1085 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1086 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -04001087 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001088 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -08001089 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001090 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -05001091 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001092 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1093 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1094 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -06001095 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1096 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1097 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1098 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001099 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1100 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001101 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001102 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1103 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001104 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001105 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001106 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001107 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001108 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1109 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001110 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1111 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001112 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001113 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001114 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001115 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001116 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1117 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001118 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001119 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001120 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001121 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001122 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001123 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1124 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1125 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1126 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001127 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001128 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001129 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001130 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001131 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001132 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001133 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1134 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1135 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1136 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001137 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001138 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1139 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001140 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1141 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001142 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001143 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001144 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001145 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001146 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001147 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001148 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1149 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1150 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001151 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001152 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1153 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001154 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001155 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001156 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001157 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1158 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1159 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1160 host
1161 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001162 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001163 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1164 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001165 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001166 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1167 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1168 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1169 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1170 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1171 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001172 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001173 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001174 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001175 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001176 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001177 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001178 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001179 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001180 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1181 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001182 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001183 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001184 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001185 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001186 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001187
1188 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1189 support you can write:
1190
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001191 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1192 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001193
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001194 Other Commands:
1195 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001196
1197 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001198 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001199 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1200 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1201 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1202 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1203 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1204 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001205
1206
1207 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1208
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001209- Regular expression support:
1210 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001211 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1212 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1213 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1214 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001215
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001216- Device tree:
1217 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1218 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1219 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1220 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1221 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1222 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1223
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001224 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1225 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001226
1227 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1228 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1229 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1230 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1231 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1232 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001233
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001234 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1235 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1236 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1237 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1238
1239 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1240
1241 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1242 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1243 still use the individual files if you need something more
1244 exotic.
1245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001246- Watchdog:
1247 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1248 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001249 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1250 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1251 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1252 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1253 available, then no further board specific code should
1254 be needed to use it.
1255
1256 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1257 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1258 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1259 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001260
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001261- U-Boot Version:
1262 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1263 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1264 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1265 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001266 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1267 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001268
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001269- Real-Time Clock:
1270
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001271 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001272 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1273 following options:
1274
1275 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1276 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001277 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001278 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001279 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001280 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001281 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001282 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001283 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001284 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001285 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001286 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001287 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1288 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001289
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001290 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1291 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1292
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001293- GPIO Support:
1294 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001295
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001296 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1297 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1298 pins supported by a particular chip.
1299
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001300 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1301 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1302
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001303- I/O tracing:
1304 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1305 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1306 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1307 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1308 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1309 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1310 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1311 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1312
1313 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1314 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1315 still continue to operate.
1316
1317 iotrace is enabled
1318 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1319 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1320 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1321 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1322 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1323 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1324
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001325- Timestamp Support:
1326
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001327 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1328 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1329 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001330 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001331
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001332- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1333 Zero or more of the following:
1334 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1335 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1336 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1337 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1338 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1339 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1340 disk/part_efi.c
1341 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001342
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001343 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1344 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001345 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001346
1347- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001348 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1349 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001350
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001351 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1352 be performed by calling the function
1353 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1354 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001355
1356- ATAPI Support:
1357 CONFIG_ATAPI
1358
1359 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1360
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001361- LBA48 Support
1362 CONFIG_LBA48
1363
1364 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001365 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001366 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1367 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1368
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001369 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001370 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1371 Default is 32bit.
1372
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001373- SCSI Support:
1374 At the moment only there is only support for the
1375 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1376 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1377
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001378 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1379 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1380 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001381 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1382 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001383 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001384
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001385 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1386 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001387
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001388- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001389 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001390 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1391
1392 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1393 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1394 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1395 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1396
1397 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1398 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1399 example with the "sspi" command.
1400
1401 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1402 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1403 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001404
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001405 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001406 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001407
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001408 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1409 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001410 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001411 write routine for first time initialisation.
1412
1413 CONFIG_TULIP
1414 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1415 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1416 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1417
1418 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1419 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1420
1421 CONFIG_NS8382X
1422 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1423
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001424- NETWORK Support (other):
1425
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001426 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1427 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1428
1429 CONFIG_RMII
1430 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1431
1432 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1433 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1434 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1435
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001436 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1437 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1438
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001439 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001440 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1441
1442 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1443 Define this to hold the physical address
1444 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1445
1446 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1447 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1448
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001449 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001450 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1451
1452 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1453 Define this to hold the physical address
1454 of the device (I/O space)
1455
1456 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1457 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1458
1459 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1460 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1461 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1462
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001463 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1464 Support for davinci emac
1465
1466 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1467 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1468
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001469 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1470 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1471
1472 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1473 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1474 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1475 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1476 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1477 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1478 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1479 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1480
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001481 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001482 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1483
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001484 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001485 Define this to hold the physical address
1486 of the device (I/O space)
1487
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001488 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001489 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1490
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001491 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001492 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1493 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001494 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001495
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001496 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1497 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1498
1499 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1500 Define the number of ports to be used
1501
1502 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1503 Define the ETH PHY's address
1504
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001505 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1506 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1507
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001508- PWM Support:
1509 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1510 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1511
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001512- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001513 CONFIG_TPM
1514 Support TPM devices.
1515
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001516 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1517 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1518 per system is supported at this time.
1519
1520 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1521 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1522
1523 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1524 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1525
1526 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1527 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1528
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001529 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1530 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1531
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001532 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001533 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1534 per system is supported at this time.
1535
1536 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1537 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1538 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1539 0xfed40000.
1540
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001541 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1542 Add tpm monitor functions.
1543 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1544 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1545
1546 CONFIG_TPM
1547 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1548 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1549 Requires support for a TPM device.
1550
1551 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1552 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1553 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1554
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001555- USB Support:
1556 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001557 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001558 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1559 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001560 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001561 storage devices.
1562 Note:
1563 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1564 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001565 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1566 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1567 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001568 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1569 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001570 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1571 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1572 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001573 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1574 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001575 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001576 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1577 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001578
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001579 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1580 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1581
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001582 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1583 HW module registers.
1584
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001585- USB Device:
1586 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1587 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1588 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001589 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001590 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1591 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001592 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001593 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1594 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1595 a Linux host by
1596 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1597 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1598 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1599 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001600
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001601 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1602 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001603
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001604 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1605 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1606 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001607
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301608 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1609 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1610 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1611 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1612 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1613 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1614 speed.
1615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001616 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001617 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1618 be set to usbtty.
1619
1620 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001621 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001622 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001623 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001624
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001625 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001626 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001627 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001628
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001629 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001630 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001631 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001632 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1633 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1634 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1635
1636 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1637 Define this string as the name of your company for
1638 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001639
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001640 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1641 Define this string as the name of your product
1642 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1643
1644 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1645 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1646 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1647 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1648 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001649
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001650 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1651 Define this as the unique Product ID
1652 for your device
1653 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001654
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001655- ULPI Layer Support:
1656 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1657 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1658 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1659 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1660 viewport is supported.
1661 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1662 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001663 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1664 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1665 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001666
1667- MMC Support:
1668 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1669 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1670 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1671 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001672 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1673 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001674
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001675 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1676 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1677
1678 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1679 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1680
1681 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1682 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1683
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001684 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1685 Enable the generic MMC driver
1686
1687 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1688 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1689
1690 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1691 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1692 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1693
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001694- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1695 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1696 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1697
1698 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1699 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1700 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1701 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1702 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1703
1704 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1705 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1706
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001707 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1708 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1709
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301710 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1711 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1712 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1713 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1714 one that would help mostly the developer.
1715
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001716 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1717 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1718 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1719 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1720 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1721
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001722 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1723 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1724 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1725 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1726 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1727 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1728
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001729 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1730 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1731 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1732 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1733
1734 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1735 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1736 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1737 sending again an USB request to the device.
1738
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001739- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1740 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1741 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1742 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1743 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1744 used on Android devices.
1745 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1746
1747 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1748 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1749 image format header.
1750
1751 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1752 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1753 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1754 downloaded images.
1755
1756 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1757 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1758 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1759 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1760
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001761 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1762 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1763 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1764 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1765
1766 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1767 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1768 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1769 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1770
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001771 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1772 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1773 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1774 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1775 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1776 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1777 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1778 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1779
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001780- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1781 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1782 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1783 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001785 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1786 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001787 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001789 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001790 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1791 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1792
1793 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001794 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001795 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1796 have not defined a custom partition
1797
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001798- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1799 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001800
1801 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1802 file in FAT formatted partition.
1803
1804 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1805 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001806
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001807CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1808 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1809
1810 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1811 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1812 and cbfsload.
1813
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301814- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1815 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1816
1817 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1818 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1819
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001820- Keyboard Support:
1821 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1822
1823 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1824 support
1825
1826 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1827 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1828 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1829 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1830 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1831
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001832 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1833 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1834 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1835 which provides key scans on request.
1836
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001837- Video support:
1838 CONFIG_VIDEO
1839
1840 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1841 video).
1842
1843 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1844
1845 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1846
1847 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001848 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001849 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1850 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1851 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001852
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001853 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001854 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001855 are possible:
1856 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001857 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001858
1859 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1860 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1861 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1862 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1863 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1864 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1865 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001866 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1867
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001868 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001869 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001870
1871
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001872 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001873 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001874 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1875 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1876
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001877 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001878 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001879 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1880 support, and should also define these other macros:
1881
1882 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1883 CONFIG_VIDEO
1884 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1885 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1886 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1887 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1888 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1889 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1890
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001891 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1892 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1893 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1894 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001895
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001896 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1897
1898 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1899 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1900 driver.
1901
1902
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001903- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001904 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001905
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001906 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1907 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1908 defined in your board-specific files.
1909 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001910
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001911- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1912
1913 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1914 display); also select one of the supported displays
1915 by defining one of these:
1916
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001917 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1918
1919 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1920
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001921 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001922
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001923 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001924
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001925 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001926
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001927 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1928 Active, color, single scan.
1929
1930 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1931
1932 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001933 Active, color, single scan.
1934
1935 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1936
1937 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1938 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1939
1940 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1941
1942 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1943 Active, color, single scan.
1944
1945 CONFIG_HLD1045
1946
1947 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1948 Active, color, single scan.
1949
1950 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1951
1952 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1953 or
1954 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1955 or
1956 Hitachi SP14Q002
1957
1958 320x240. Black & white.
1959
1960 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001961 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001962
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001963 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1964
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001965 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001966 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1967 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1968 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1969 a per-section basis.
1970
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001971 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1972
1973 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1974 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1975 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1976 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001977
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001978 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1979
1980 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1981
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001982 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1983
1984 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1985 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1986
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001987- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001988
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001989 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1990 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1991 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001992 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001993 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1994 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1995 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1996 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001997
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001998 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1999
2000 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
2001 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05002002 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00002003 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
2004 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
2005 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
2006 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
2007 there is no need to set this option.
2008
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02002009 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
2010
2011 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
2012 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
2013 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
2014 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
2015 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
2016 specify 'm' for centering the image.
2017
2018 Example:
2019 setenv splashpos m,m
2020 => image at center of screen
2021
2022 setenv splashpos 30,20
2023 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
2024
2025 setenv splashpos -10,m
2026 => vertically centered image
2027 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
2028
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02002029- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2030
2031 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2032 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2033 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2034
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01002035- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2036
2037 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2038 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2039 bmp command.
2040
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002041- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00002042 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2043
2044 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2045 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2046
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002047- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002048 CONFIG_GZIP
2049
2050 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2051
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002052 CONFIG_BZIP2
2053
2054 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2055 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2056 compressed images are supported.
2057
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002058 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002059 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002060 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002061
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002062 CONFIG_LZMA
2063
2064 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2065 images is included.
2066
2067 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2068 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2069 formula:
2070
2071 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2072
2073 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2074 and Literal pos bits.
2075
2076 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2077 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2078 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2079 a very small buffer.
2080
2081 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2082 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002083 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002084
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002085 CONFIG_LZO
2086
2087 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2088 is included.
2089
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002090- MII/PHY support:
2091 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2092
2093 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2094
2095 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2096
2097 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2098
2099 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2100
2101 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002102 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002103
2104 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2105
2106 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2107 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2108 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2109 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2110
2111 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2112
2113 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2114 command issued before MII status register can be read
2115
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002116- Ethernet address:
2117 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04002118 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002119 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
2120 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04002121 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
2122 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002123
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002124 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
2125 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002126 is not determined automatically.
2127
2128- IP address:
2129 CONFIG_IPADDR
2130
2131 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002132 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002133 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002134 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002135
2136- Server IP address:
2137 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2138
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002139 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002140 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002141 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002142
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002143 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2144
2145 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2146 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2147
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002148- Gateway IP address:
2149 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2150
2151 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2152 default router where packets to other networks are
2153 sent to.
2154 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2155
2156- Subnet mask:
2157 CONFIG_NETMASK
2158
2159 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2160 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2161 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2162 forwarded through a router.
2163 (Environment variable "netmask")
2164
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002165- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2166 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2167
2168 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2169 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002170 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002171 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2172 multicast group.
2173
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002174- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2175 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2176
2177 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2178 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2179 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2180 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2181 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2182 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2183 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2184 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002185 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002186
2187 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2188 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2189 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2190 4th and following
2191 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2192
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002193 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2194
2195 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2196 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2197 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2198 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2199 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2200 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2201 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2202 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2203 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2204 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2205 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2206 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2207 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2208 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2209 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2210
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002211- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002212 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2213 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002214
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002215 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2216 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2217 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2218 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2219 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2220 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2221 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2222 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2223 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2224 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2225 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2226 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002227 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002228
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002229 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2230 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002231
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002232 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2233 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2234 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2235 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2236 is not available.
2237
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002238 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2239 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2240 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2241 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2242 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2243 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2244 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002245 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002246
2247 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2248 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2249 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002250 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002251 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2252 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002253
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002254 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2255
2256 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2257 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2258 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2259 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2260 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2261 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2262 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2263 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2264 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2265 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2266 this delay.
2267
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002268 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2269 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2270 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2271 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2272 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2273
2274 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2275
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002276 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002277 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002278
2279 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2280
2281 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2282
2283 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2284 of the device.
2285
2286 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2287
2288 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2289 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002290 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002291
2292 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2293
2294 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2295 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2296
2297 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2298
2299 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2300
2301 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2302
2303 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2304
2305 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2306
2307 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2308
2309 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2310
2311 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2312 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2313
2314 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2315
2316 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2317
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002318- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2319
2320 Several configurations allow to display the current
2321 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2322 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2323 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2324 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2325 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2326 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2327 feature in U-Boot.
2328
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002329 Additional options:
2330
2331 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2332 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2333 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2334 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2335 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2336
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002337 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2338 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2339 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2340 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2341 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2342 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2343
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002344- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2345
2346 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2347 on those systems that support this (optional)
2348 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2349
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002350- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002351
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002352 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2353 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2354 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2355 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2356 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2357 interface.
2358
2359 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002360 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2361 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2362 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2363 for defining speed and slave address
2364 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2365 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2366 for defining speed and slave address
2367 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2368 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2369 for defining speed and slave address
2370 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2371 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2372 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002373
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002374 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2375 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2376 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2377 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2378 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2379 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002380 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2384 second bus.
2385
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002386 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002387 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2388 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2389 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002390
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002391 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2392 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2393 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2394 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2395
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002396 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2397 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2398 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2399 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2400 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2401 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2402 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2403 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002404 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002405 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2406
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002407 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2408 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2409 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2410
2411 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2415 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2416 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2417 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2418 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2419 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2420
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002421 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2422 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2423 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2424
2425 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2426 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2427 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2428 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2429 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2430 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2431 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2432 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2433 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2434 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2435 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2436 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002437 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002438
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002439 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2440 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2441 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2442 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2443 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2444 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2445 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2446 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2447 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2448 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2449 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2450 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2451
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002452 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2453 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2454 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2455 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2456
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302457 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2458 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2459 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2460 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2461 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2462
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002463 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2464 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2465 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2466 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2467 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2468 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2469 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2470 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2471 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2472 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2473 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2474 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2475 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2476 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2477
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002478 additional defines:
2479
2480 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002481 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002482 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2483 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2484 omit this define.
2485
2486 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2487 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2488 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2489 omit this define.
2490
2491 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2492 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2493 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2494 define.
2495
2496 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002497 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002498 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2499 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2500 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2501
2502 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2503 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2504 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2505 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2506 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2507 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2508 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2509 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2510 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2511 }
2512
2513 which defines
2514 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002515 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2516 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2517 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2518 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2519 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002520 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002521 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2522 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002523
2524 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2525
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002526- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002527
2528 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2529 provides the following compelling advantages:
2530
2531 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2532 - approved multibus support
2533 - better i2c mux support
2534
2535 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2536
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002537 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2538 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2539 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002540
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002541 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002542 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002543 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2544 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002545 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002546
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002547 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002548
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002549 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002550 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002552 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002553 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002554 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002555 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002556
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002557 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002558 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002559 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2560 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2561 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002562
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002563 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2564
2565 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2566 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2567 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2568 commands until the slave device responds.
2569
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002570 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002571
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002572 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002573 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2574 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002575
2576 I2C_INIT
2577
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002578 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002579 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002580
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002581 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002582
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002583 I2C_PORT
2584
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002585 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2586 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2587 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002588
2589 I2C_ACTIVE
2590
2591 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2592 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2593 define can be null.
2594
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002595 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2596
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002597 I2C_TRISTATE
2598
2599 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2600 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2601 define can be null.
2602
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002603 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2604
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002605 I2C_READ
2606
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002607 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2608 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002609
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002610 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2611
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002612 I2C_SDA(bit)
2613
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002614 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2615 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002616
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002617 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002618 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002619 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002620
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002621 I2C_SCL(bit)
2622
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002623 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2624 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002625
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002626 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002627 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002628 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002629
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002630 I2C_DELAY
2631
2632 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2633 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002634 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002635 like:
2636
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002637 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002638
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002639 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2640
2641 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2642 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2643 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2644 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2645
2646 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2647 the generic GPIO functions.
2648
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002649 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002650
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002651 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2652 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2653 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2654 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2655 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2656 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2657 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2658 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002659
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002660 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2661
2662 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2663 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2664 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2665 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2666 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2667 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2668 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2669 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2670
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002671 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2672
2673 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2674 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2675 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2676
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002677 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2678
2679 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002680 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2681 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002682 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2683
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002684 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002685
2686 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002687 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002688 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2689 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002690
2691 e.g.
2692 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002693 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002694
2695 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2696
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002697 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002698 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002699
2700 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2701
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002702 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002703
2704 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2705 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2706
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002707 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002708
2709 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2710 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2711
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002712 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002713
2714 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2715 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2716
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002717 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002718
2719 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2720 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2721 specified DTT device.
2722
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002723 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2724
2725 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2726 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2727 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2728 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2729 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2730 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2731 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002732
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002733- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2734
2735 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2736 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2737 D/As on the SACSng board)
2738
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002739 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2740
2741 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2742 only SH7757 is supported.
2743
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002744 CONFIG_SPI_X
2745
2746 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2747 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2748
2749 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2750
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002751 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2752 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2753 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2754 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2755 defined, the board configuration must define several
2756 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2757 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002758
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002759 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2760
2761 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2762 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2763 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002764 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002765 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2766
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002767 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2768
2769 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002770 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002771
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002772 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2773 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2774 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2775
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002776- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2777
2778 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2779
2780 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2781
2782 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2783 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2784
2785 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2786
2787 Enables support for FPGA family.
2788 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2789
2790 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002791
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002792 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302794 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2795
2796 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2797
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002798 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2799
2800 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2801
2802 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2803
2804 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2805 (Xilinx only)
2806
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002807 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002808
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002809 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002810
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002811 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002812
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002813 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2814 status by the configuration function. This option
2815 will require a board or device specific function to
2816 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002817
2818 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2819
2820 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2821 configuration driver.
2822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002823 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002824 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002826 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002827
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002828 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2829 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2830 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2831 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002832
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002833 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002834
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002835 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2836 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002837 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002838 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002840 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002842 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002843 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002844
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002845 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002846
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002847 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002848 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002849
2850- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002851 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2852
2853 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2854 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2855 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2856 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2857 make / MAKEALL.
2858
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002859 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2860
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002861 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2862 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002863
2864- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2865
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002866 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2867 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002868 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002869 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2870 protects these variables from casual modification by
2871 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2872 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002873 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002874
2875 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2876 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002877 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002878 these parameters.
2879
2880 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2881 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002882 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002883 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2884 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2885 read-only.]
2886
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002887 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2888 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2889 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2890 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2891
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892- Protected RAM:
2893 CONFIG_PRAM
2894
2895 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2896 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2897 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2898 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2899 this default value by defining an environment
2900 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2901 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2902 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2903 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2904 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2905 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2906 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2907
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002908 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002909 saveenv
2910
2911 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2912 either, which results in a memory region that will
2913 not be affected by reboots.
2914
2915 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2916 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2917 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2918 following board configurations are known to be
2919 "pRAM-clean":
2920
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002921 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2922 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002923 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002924
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002925- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2926 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2927 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2928 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2929 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2930 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2931 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2932
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002933- Error Recovery:
2934 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2935
2936 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2937 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2938 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002939 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002940 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2941 useful during development since you can try to debug
2942 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2943
2944 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2945
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002946 This variable defines the number of retries for
2947 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2948 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2949 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002950
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002951 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2952
2953 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2954
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002955 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2956
2957 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2958 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2959 try longer timeout such as
2960 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002962- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002963 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002964
2965 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002967 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002968
2969 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2970 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2971 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2972
2973 Note:
2974
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002975 In the current implementation, the local variables
2976 space and global environment variables space are
2977 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2978 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2979 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2980 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2981 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002982
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002983 Global environment variables are those you use
2984 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2985 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2986 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002987
2988 To store commands and special characters in a
2989 variable, please use double quotation marks
2990 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2991 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2992 symbols.
2993
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002994- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002995 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2996
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002997 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002998 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002999
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003000- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003001 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
3002
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003003 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
3004 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003005 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00003006
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003007 For example, place something like this in your
3008 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003009
3010 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
3011 "myvar1=value1\0" \
3012 "myvar2=value2\0"
3013
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003014 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
3015 internal format how the environment is stored by the
3016 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
3017 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003018 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003019 You better know what you are doing here.
3020
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003021 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
3022 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003023 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003024 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003025
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00003026 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
3027
3028 Define this in order to add variables describing the
3029 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
3030 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
3031
3032 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
3033
3034 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3035 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3036 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3037 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3038 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3039
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00003040 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3041
3042 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3043 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3044 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3045
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003046 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3047
3048 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003049 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003050 that so that the environment is not available until
3051 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3052 this is instead controlled by the value of
3053 /config/load-environment.
3054
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003055- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003056 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3057
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003058 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3059 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3060 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003061
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07003062- Serial Flash support
3063 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3064
3065 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3066 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3067
3068 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3069 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3070 commands.
3071
3072 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3073 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3074 flash is present on the system.
3075
3076 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3077 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3078 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3079 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3080
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003081 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3082
3083 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3084 test ('sf test').
3085
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05303086 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
3087
3088 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
3089 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
3090
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303091 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3092
3093 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3094 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003095 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303096
Heiko Schocher562f8df2014-07-18 06:07:21 +02003097 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_ST_ENABLE_WP_PIN
3098 enable the W#/Vpp signal to disable writing to the status
3099 register on ST MICRON flashes like the N25Q128.
3100 The status register write enable/disable bit, combined with
3101 the W#/VPP signal provides hardware data protection for the
3102 device as follows: When the enable/disable bit is set to 1,
3103 and the W#/VPP signal is driven LOW, the status register
3104 nonvolatile bits become read-only and the WRITE STATUS REGISTER
3105 operation will not execute. The only way to exit this
3106 hardware-protected mode is to drive W#/VPP HIGH.
3107
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003108- SystemACE Support:
3109 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3110
3111 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3112 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003113 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003114 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003115
3116 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003117 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003118
3119 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3120 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3121
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003122- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3123 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3124
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003125 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003126 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003127 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003128 number generator is used.
3129
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003130 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3131 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3132 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3133
3134 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003135 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3136 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3137 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3138 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3139 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3140 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3141
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003142- Hashing support:
3143 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3144
3145 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3146 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3147
3148 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3149
3150 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3151 size a little.
3152
3153 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
3154 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
3155
3156 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3157 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3158
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003159- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3160 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3161 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3162 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3163
3164 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3165 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3166 a boot from specific media.
3167
3168 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3169 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3170 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3171 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3172 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3173
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003174- Signing support:
3175 CONFIG_RSA
3176
3177 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003178 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003179
3180 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
3181 option.
3182
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003183- bootcount support:
3184 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3185
3186 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3187 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3188
3189 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3190 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3191 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3192 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3193 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3194 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3195 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3196 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3197 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3198 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3199 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3200 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3201 the bootcounter.
3202 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003203
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003204- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003205 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3206
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003207 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3208 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3209 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3210 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3211 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3212 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003213
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00003214- Detailed boot stage timing
3215 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3216 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3217 of the boot process.
3218
3219 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3220 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3221 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3222 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3223 the limit, recording will stop.
3224
3225 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3226 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3227
3228 Timer summary in microseconds:
3229 Mark Elapsed Stage
3230 0 0 reset
3231 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3232 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3233 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3234 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3235 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3236 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3237 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3238
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003239 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3240 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3241 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3242
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003243 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3244 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3245 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3246 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3247 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3248 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3249 For example:
3250
3251 bootstage {
3252 154 {
3253 name = "board_init_f";
3254 mark = <3575678>;
3255 };
3256 170 {
3257 name = "lcd";
3258 accum = <33482>;
3259 };
3260 };
3261
3262 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3263
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003264Legacy uImage format:
3265
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003266 Arg Where When
3267 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003268 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003269 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003270 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003271 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003272 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003273 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3274 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3275 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003276 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003277 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3278 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3279 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3280 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003281 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003282 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003283
3284 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3285 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3286 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3287 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3288 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3289 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3290 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003291 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003292 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3293 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3294
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003295 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003296
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003297 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003298 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3299 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003300
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003301 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3302 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3303 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3304 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3305 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3306 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3307 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3308 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3309 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3310 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3311 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3312 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3313 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3314 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3315 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3316 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3317 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3318 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3319 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3320 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3321 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3322 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3323 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3324 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3325 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3326 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3327 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3328 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3329 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3330 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3331 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3332 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3333 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3334 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3335 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3336 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3337 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3338 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3339 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3340 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3341 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3342 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3343 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3344 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3345 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3346 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3347 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003348
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003349 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003350
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003351 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003352 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3353 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003354
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003355 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3356 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003357 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003358 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3359 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3360 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003361 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3362 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003363 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003364
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003365FIT uImage format:
3366
3367 Arg Where When
3368 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3369 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3370 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3371 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3372 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3373 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003374 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003375 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3376 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3377 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3378 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3379 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003380 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3381 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003382 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3383 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3384 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3385 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3386 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3387 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3388 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3389 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3390
3391 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3392 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3393 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003394 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003395 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3396 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3397 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3398 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3399 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3400 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3401 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3402 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3403 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3404 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3405 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3406 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3407
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003408 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003409 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3410
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003411 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003412 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3413
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003414 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003415 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3416
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003417- legacy image format:
3418 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3419 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3420
3421 Default:
3422 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3423
3424 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3425 disable the legacy image format
3426
3427 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3428 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3429
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003430- FIT image support:
3431 CONFIG_FIT
3432 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3433
3434 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3435 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3436 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3437 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3438 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3439 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3440
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003441 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3442 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3443 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3444 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3445
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003446 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3447 signature check the legacy image format is default
3448 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3449 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3450
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003451 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3452 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3453 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3454 with this option.
3455
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003456- Standalone program support:
3457 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3458
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003459 This option defines a board specific value for the
3460 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3461 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003462 settings.
3463
3464- Frame Buffer Address:
3465 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3466
3467 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003468 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3469 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3470 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3471 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3472 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3473 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3474 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003475
3476 Please see board_init_f function.
3477
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003478- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3479 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3480 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3481 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3482
3483 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3484 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3485
3486- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3487 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3488
3489 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3490 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3491
3492 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3493
3494 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3495 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3496
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003497 CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
3498 verify if the written data is correct reread.
3499
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003500- UBI support
3501 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3502
3503 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3504 with the UBI flash translation layer
3505
3506 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3507
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003508 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3509
3510 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3511 warnings and errors enabled.
3512
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003513
3514 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3515 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3516 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3517 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3518 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3519 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3520
3521 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3522 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3523 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3524 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3525 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3526
3527 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003528
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003529 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3530 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3531 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3532 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3533 flash), this value is ignored.
3534
3535 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3536 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3537 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3538 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3539 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3540 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3541
3542 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3543 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3544 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3545 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3546 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3547 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3548 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3549 partition.
3550
3551 default: 20
3552
3553 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3554 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3555 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3556 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3557 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3558 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3559 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3560 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3561 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3562 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3563 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3564 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3565
3566 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3567 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3568 without a fastmap.
3569 default: 0
3570
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003571- UBIFS support
3572 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3573
3574 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3575 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3576
3577 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3578
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003579 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3580
3581 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3582 warnings and errors enabled.
3583
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003584- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003585 CONFIG_SPL
3586 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003587
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003588 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3589 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3590
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003591 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3592 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3593 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3594 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003595 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003596 must not be both defined at the same time.
3597
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003598 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003599 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3600 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3601 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3602 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003603
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003604 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3605 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003606
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003607 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3608 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3609 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3610
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003611 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3612 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3613
3614 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003615 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3616 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3617 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003618 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003619 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003620
3621 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3622 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3623
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003624 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3625 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3626 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3627 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3628
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003629 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3630 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3631
3632 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3633 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003634
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003635 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3636 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3637 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3638 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3639
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003640 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3641 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3642 See also: doc/README.falcon
3643
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003644 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3645 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3646 about the running system.
3647
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003648 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3649 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3650
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003651 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3652 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003653
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003654 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3655 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003656
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003657 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3658 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003659
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003660 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3661 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003662
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003663 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3664 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003665
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003666 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3667 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003668 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003669 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3670
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003671 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3672 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3673 used in raw mode
3674
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003675 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3676 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3677 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3678
3679 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3680 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3681 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3682 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3683 (for falcon mode)
3684
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003685 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3686 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3687 used in fs mode
3688
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003689 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3690 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3691
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003692 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3693 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003694
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003695 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3696 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3697
3698 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003699 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003700 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003701
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003702 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003703 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003704 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003705
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003706 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3707 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3708 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3709 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3710 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3711
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303712 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3713 Avoid SPL relocation
3714
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003715 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3716 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3717 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3718
3719 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3720 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3721
3722 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3723 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3724
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003725 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003726 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3727 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003728
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003729 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3730 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3731 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3732
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003733 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3734 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3735 if you need to save space.
3736
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003737 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3738 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003739 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003740
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003741 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3742 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3743 SPL binary.
3744
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003745 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3746 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3747 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3748 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3749 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3750 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003751 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003752
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303753 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3754 Add support NAND boot
3755
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003756 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003757 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3758
3759 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3760 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3761
3762 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3763 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003764
3765 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003766 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003767
3768 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3769 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003770 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003771
3772 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3773 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3774 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3775
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003776 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3777 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003778
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003779 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3780 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003781
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003782 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3783 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003784
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003785 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3786 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3787
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003788 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3789 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003790
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003791 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3792 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3793
3794 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3795 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3796 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3797 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3798
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003799 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003800 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3801 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3802 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3803 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3804 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003805
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003806 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3807 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3808 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3809 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3810
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003811 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3812 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3813 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3814 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3815 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3816
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003817- TPL framework
3818 CONFIG_TPL
3819 Enable building of TPL globally.
3820
3821 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3822 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3823 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003824 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3825 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3826 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003827
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828Modem Support:
3829--------------
3830
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003831[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003833- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003834 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3835
3836- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3837 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3838
3839- Modem debug support:
3840 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3841
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003842 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3843 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003845- Interrupt support (PPC):
3846
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003847 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3848 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003849 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003850 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003851 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003852 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003853 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003854 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3855 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3856 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003857
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003858- General:
3859
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003860 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3861 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3862 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003863 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003864 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3865 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3866 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003868 If there are no modem init strings in the
3869 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3870 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003871 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003872
3873 See also: doc/README.Modem
3874
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003875Board initialization settings:
3876------------------------------
3877
3878During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3879to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3880before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3881following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3882architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3883typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3884
3885- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3886- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3887- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3888- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890Configuration Settings:
3891-----------------------
3892
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003893- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3894 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3895
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003896- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003897 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3898
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003899- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3900 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3901
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003902- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003903 prompt for user input.
3904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003905- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003906
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003907- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003909- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003910
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003911- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3913 booted
3914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003916 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3917
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003918- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003919 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003920
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003921- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003922 If the board specific function
3923 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3924 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003925 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003927- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003928 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003929
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003930- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003931 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003933- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3935 simple memory test.
3936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003937- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003938 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003940- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003941 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3942 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3943
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003944- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3945 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003946 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003947 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003948 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3949 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3950 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003951 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003952 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003953 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003954
3955 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3956 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3957 be touched.
3958
3959 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3960 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3961 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3962 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3963 problems.
3964
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003965- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003966 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003968- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3970
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003971- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003972 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3973 Cogent motherboard)
3974
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003975- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003976 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003978- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3980 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003981 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003982 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003983
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003984- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003985 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3986 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3987 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3988 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003990- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003991 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3992
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003993- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3994 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3995 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3996 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3997 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3998 space.
3999
4000 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
4001 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
4002 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004003 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06004004 U-Boot relocates itself.
4005
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06004006 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06004007 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
4008
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07004009- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
4010 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
4011 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
4012 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
4013
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07004014- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
4015 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
4016 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
4017 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
4018 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
4019 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
4020 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
4021 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
4022 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
4023 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
4024 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
4025 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
4026 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
4027 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
4028 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
4029 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
4030
4031 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
4032
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004033- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01004034 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
4035 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004036 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01004037 to adjust this setting to your needs.
4038
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004039- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004040 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
4041 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004042 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
4043 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004044 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004045 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004046 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004047 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
4048 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
4049 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004050
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06004051- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
4052 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
4053 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
4054 is enabled.
4055
4056- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
4057 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
4058 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4059
4060- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4061 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4062 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004064- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065 Max number of Flash memory banks
4066
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004067- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004068 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004070- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004071 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4072
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004073- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004074 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4075
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004076- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004077 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004079- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004080 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004082- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004083 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4084 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4085
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004086- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004087
4088 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4089 without this option such a download has to be
4090 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4091 copy from RAM to flash.
4092
4093 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4094 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004095 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4096 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004097 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4098
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004099- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004100 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004101 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4102
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02004103- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004104 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4105 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004106
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01004107- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4108 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4109 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4110 to the MTD layer.
4111
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004112- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02004113 Use buffered writes to flash.
4114
4115- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4116 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4117 write commands.
4118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004119- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01004120 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4121 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4122 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4123 optionally available.
4124
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05004125- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4126 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4127 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4128 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4129
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02004130- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4131 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4132 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4133 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4134 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4135 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4136 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4137 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004139- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004140 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4141 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004142 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4143 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004144 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004145 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4146
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004147- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4148
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02004149 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4150 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4151 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4152 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4153 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004154
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004155- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4156- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004157 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004158 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4159 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4160 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4161
4162 The format of the list is:
4163 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004164 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4165 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004166 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4167 list = entry[,list]
4168
4169 The type attributes are:
4170 s - String (default)
4171 d - Decimal
4172 x - Hexadecimal
4173 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4174 i - IP address
4175 m - MAC address
4176
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004177 The access attributes are:
4178 a - Any (default)
4179 r - Read-only
4180 o - Write-once
4181 c - Change-default
4182
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004183 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4184 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004185 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004186
4187 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4188 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4189 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4190 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4191 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4192 ".flags" variable.
4193
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004194- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4195 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4196 access flags.
4197
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004198- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4199 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4200 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4201 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4202 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4203 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
4204 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
4205 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
4206 your board please report the problem and send patches!
4207
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004208- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4209 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4210 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004211 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004212
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004213- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4214 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4215 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4216 building U-Boot to enable this.
4217
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4219of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4220following configurations:
4221
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004222- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4223
4224 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4225 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4226
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004227- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228
4229 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4230
4231 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4232 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4233 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4234 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4235 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4236 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4237 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4238 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4239 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4240 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4241 between U-Boot and the environment.
4242
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004243 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
4245 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4246 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4247 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4248 for this sector is given here.
4249
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004250 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004252 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253
4254 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4255 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004256 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004258 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004259
4260 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4261
4262
4263 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4264 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4265 the environment.
4266
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004267 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004269 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004270 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4272 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4273
4274 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4275 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4276 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4277 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4278 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4279 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4280 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4281 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4282 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4283
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004284 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4285 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004286
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004287 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004288 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004289 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004290 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
4292BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4293source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4294accordingly!
4295
4296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004297- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004298
4299 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4300 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4301 environment.
4302
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004303 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4304 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004305
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004306 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004307 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4308 can just be read and written to, without any special
4309 provision.
4310
4311BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004312in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004313console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004314U-Boot will hang.
4315
4316Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4317environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4318keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4319to save the current settings.
4320
4321
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004322- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004323
4324 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4325 device and a driver for it.
4326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004327 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4328 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004329
4330 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4331 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4332
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004333 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4335 The default address is zero.
4336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004337 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004338 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4339 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4340 would require six bits.
4341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004342 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004344 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004345
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004346 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004347 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4348 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004350 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004351 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4352 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4353 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4354 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4355 byte chips.
4356
4357 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4358 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4359 in the chip address.
4360
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004361 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004362 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4363
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004364 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4365 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4366 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4367
4368 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4369 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4370 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4371 EEPROM. For example:
4372
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004373 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004374
4375 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4376 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004377
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004378- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004379
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004380 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004381 want to use for the environment.
4382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004383 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4384 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4385 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004386
4387 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4388 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4389 at the specified address.
4390
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004391- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4392
4393 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4394 want to use for the environment.
4395
4396 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4397 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4398
4399 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4400 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4401 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4402
4403 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4404
4405 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4406
4407 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4408
4409 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4410 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4411 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4412 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4413 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4414
4415 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4416 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4417
4418 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4419
4420 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4421
4422 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4423
4424 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4425
4426 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4427
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004428- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4429
4430 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4431 want to use for the local device's environment.
4432
4433 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4434 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4435
4436 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4437 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4438 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004439 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004440
4441BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4442"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004443environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4444but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004445
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004446- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004447
4448 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4449 for the environment.
4450
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004451 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4452 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004453
4454 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004455 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4456 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004457
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004458 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004460 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004461 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4462 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004463 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004464 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004465
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004466 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4467
4468 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4469 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4470 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4471 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4472 the range to be avoided.
4473
4474 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4475
4476 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4477 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4478 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4479 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4480 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004481
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004482- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4483
4484 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4485 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4486 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4487
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004488- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4489
4490 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4491 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4492 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4493
4494 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4495
4496 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4497
4498 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4499
4500 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4501 environment in.
4502
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004503 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4504
4505 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4506 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4507 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4508
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004509 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4510 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4511
4512 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4513 when storing the env in UBI.
4514
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004515- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4516 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4517
4518 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4519
4520 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4521
4522 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4523
4524 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4525 be as following:
4526
4527 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4528 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4529 partition table.
4530 - "D:0": device D.
4531 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4532 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4533 table.
4534 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004535 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004536 partition table then means device D.
4537
4538 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4539
4540 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004541 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004542
4543 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004544 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004545
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004546- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4547
4548 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4549 environment.
4550
4551 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4552
4553 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4554
4555 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4556
4557 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4558 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4559 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4560
4561 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4562 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4563
4564 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4565 area within the specified MMC device.
4566
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004567 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4568 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4569 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4570 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4571 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4572 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4573 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4574
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004575 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4576 MMC sector boundary.
4577
4578 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4579
4580 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4581 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4582 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4583 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4584
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004585 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4586 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4587
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004588 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4589 an MMC sector boundary.
4590
4591 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4592
4593 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4594 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4595 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4596
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004597- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004598
4599 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4600 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4601 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4602 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4603 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4604 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4605 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4606
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004607Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004608has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004609created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610until then to read environment variables.
4611
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004612The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4613is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4614with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4615necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4616"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4617have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618
4619Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4620the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004621use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004623- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004624 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004625
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004626 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004627 also needs to be defined.
4628
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004629- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004630 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004632- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4633 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4634 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4635 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4636 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4637 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4638
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004639- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4640 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4641 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4642 to do this.
4643
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004644- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4645 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4646 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4647 present.
4648
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004649- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4650 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4651 build system checks that the actual size does not
4652 exceed it.
4653
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004654Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004655---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004657- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004658 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4659
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004660- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004662
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004663 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4664 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4665 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004666
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004667- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4668 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4669 PowerPC SOCs.
4670
4671- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4672 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4673 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4674
4675 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4676 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4677
4678- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4679 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4680 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004681 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004682 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4683 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4684 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4685
4686 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4687 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4688
4689- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004690 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4691 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004692 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4693 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4694
4695- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4696 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4697 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4698 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4699
4700- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4701 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4702 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4703
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004704- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004705 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004706
4707 the default drive number (default value 0)
4708
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004709 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004710
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004711 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004712 (default value 1)
4713
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004714 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004715
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004716 defines the offset of register from address. It
4717 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004718 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004719
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004720 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4721 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004722 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004724 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004725 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4726 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004727 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004728 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004729
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004730- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4731 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4732 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4733 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4734 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4735 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004736 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004738- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004739 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004740 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004742- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004744 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4746 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4747 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4748 will become available only after programming the
4749 memory controller and running certain initialization
4750 sequences.
4751
4752 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4753 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4754 - MPC824X: data cache
4755 - PPC4xx: data cache
4756
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004757- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004758
4759 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004760 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4761 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004762 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004763 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004764 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4765 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4766 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767
4768 Note:
4769 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4770 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004771 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004772 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4773 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004775- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004777- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004779- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004780
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004781- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004782
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004783- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004785- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004787- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004788 SDRAM timing
4789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004790- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791 periodic timer for refresh
4792
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004793- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004795- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4796 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4797 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4798 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4800
4801- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004802 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4803 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004804 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4805
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004806- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4807 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4809 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4810
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004811- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004812 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4813 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4814
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004815- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004816 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4817 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4818
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004819- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004820 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4821 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004823- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004824 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4825 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4826 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004828- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004829 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4830 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4831 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4832 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004834- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4835 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4836 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4837 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4838 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4839 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4840 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4841 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004842 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004843
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004844- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4845 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4846 required.
4847
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004848- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004849 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004850 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4851 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4852 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4853 by coreboot or similar.
4854
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004855- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4856 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4857
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004858- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4859 Chip has SRIO or not
4860
4861- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4862 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4863
4864- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4865 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4866
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004867- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4868 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4869
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004870- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4871 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4872
4873- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4874 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4875
4876- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4877 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4878
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004879- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4880 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4881 a 16 bit bus.
4882 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004883 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004884 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004885 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004886
4887- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4888 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4889 a default value will be used.
4890
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004891- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004892 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4893 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4894
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004895 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4896 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4897
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004898- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004899 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4900 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4901 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004902
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004903- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4904 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4905 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4906 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4907 header files or board specific files.
4908
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004909- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4910 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004912- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004913 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4914 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004915
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004916- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4917 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4918
4919- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4920 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004921 to the given FEC; i. e.
4922 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004923 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4924
4925 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4926
4927- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4928 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4929 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4930
4931- CONFIG_RMII
4932 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4933 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4934 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4935
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004936- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4937 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4938 The syntax is:
4939
4940 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4941
4942 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4943 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4944 area should have.
4945
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004946- CONFIG_LOOPW
4947 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004948 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004949
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004950- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4951 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4952 "md/mw" commands.
4953 Examples:
4954
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004955 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004956 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4957
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004958 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004959 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4960
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004961 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004962 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004963
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004964- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004965 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004966 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4967 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4968 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004969
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004970 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4971 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4972 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4973 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004974
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004975- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004976 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4977 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4978 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004979
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004980- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4981 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4982 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4983 It is loaded by the SPL.
4984
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004985- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4986 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4987 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4988 previous 4k of the .text section.
4989
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004990- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4991 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4992 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4993 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4994 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4995 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4996 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4997 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4998
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004999- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
5000 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
5001 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
5002 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
5003 conditions but may increase the binary size.
5004
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00005005- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
5006 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
5007 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00005008
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00005009- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
5010 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
5011
5012 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00005013
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01005014- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
5015 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
5016
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04005017- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
5018 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
5019 driver that uses this:
5020 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
5021
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005022Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
5023-----------------------------------
5024
5025The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
5026loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
5027This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5028are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5029within that device.
5030
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08005031- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
5032 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
5033 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5034 is also specified.
5035
5036- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
5037 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005038 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5039 is also specified.
5040
5041- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
5042 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5043 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5044 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5045 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5046
5047- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5048 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5049 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5050 virtual address in NOR flash.
5051
5052- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5053 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5054 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5055
5056- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5057 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5058 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5059
5060- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5061 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5062 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5063
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00005064- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5065 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5066 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00005067 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5068 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5069 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005070
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07005071Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5072---------------------------------------------------------
5073The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5074"firmware".
5075This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5076are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5077within that device.
5078
5079- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5080 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5081
5082- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5083 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5084 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5085 is also specified.
5086
5087- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5088 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5089 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5090 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5091 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5092
5093- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5094 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5095 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5096 virtual address in NOR flash.
5097
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005098Building the Software:
5099======================
5100
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005101Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5102and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5103all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5104(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5105recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5106which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005107
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005108If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5109have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5110you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5111Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5112necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005113
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005114 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5115 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005117Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5118 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5119 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5120 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5121
5122 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5123
5124 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5125 be executed on computers running Windows.
5126
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005127U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5128sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005129is done by typing:
5130
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005131 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005133where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005134rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005135
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005136Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5137 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5138 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5139 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005140 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005141
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005142 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005144
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005145 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005150
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005151Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5152images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005154- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5155- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5156- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005158By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5159in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5160this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5161
51621. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5163
5164 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005165 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005166 make O=/tmp/build all
5167
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020051682. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005169
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005170 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005171 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005172 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005173 make all
5174
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005175Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005176variable.
5177
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005179Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5180for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5181native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005182
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5185to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5186steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051881. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005189 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5190 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051912. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5192 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5193 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51943. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5195 your board
51963. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5197 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020051984. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051995. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5200 to be installed on your target system.
52016. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5202 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005203
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5206==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005208If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5209or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5211the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005212official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005213
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005214But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5215cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005216the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5217just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005218for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5219select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5220environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5221you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005224
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005225or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005229When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5230U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5231setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5232built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5233<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5234location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5235variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005236
5237 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5238 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5239 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5240
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005241With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5242log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5243during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005244
5245
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005246See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005247
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005249Monitor Commands - Overview:
5250============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005252go - start application at address 'addr'
5253run - run commands in an environment variable
5254bootm - boot application image from memory
5255bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005256bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5258 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5259 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005260tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005261rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5262diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5263loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5264loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5265md - memory display
5266mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5267nm - memory modify (constant address)
5268mw - memory write (fill)
5269cp - memory copy
5270cmp - memory compare
5271crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005272i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273sspi - SPI utility commands
5274base - print or set address offset
5275printenv- print environment variables
5276setenv - set environment variables
5277saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5278protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5279erase - erase FLASH memory
5280flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005281nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5283iminfo - print header information for application image
5284coninfo - print console devices and informations
5285ide - IDE sub-system
5286loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005287loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005288mtest - simple RAM test
5289icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5290dcache - enable or disable data cache
5291reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5292echo - echo args to console
5293version - print monitor version
5294help - print online help
5295? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5299========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
5305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005306Environment Variables:
5307======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5310can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5313"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5314without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5315environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5316working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5317environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005319Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5320
5321List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005322
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005323 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005325 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005331 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005332
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005333 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5334 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5335 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5336 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5337 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5338 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005339 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5340 bootm_mapsize.
5341
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005342 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005343 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5344 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5345 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5346 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5347 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5348 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005349
5350 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5351 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5352 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5353 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5354 environment variable.
5355
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005356 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5357 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5358 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5361 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5362 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5363 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005364
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005365 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5366 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5367 be automatically started (by internally calling
5368 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005370 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5371 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5372 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5373 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5374 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005375
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005376 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5377 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005378 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5379 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5380 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5381 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5382 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5383 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5384 access it during the boot procedure.
5385
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005386 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5387 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5388 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5389 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5390 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5391 must be accessible by the kernel.
5392
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005393 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5394 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5395 defined.
5396
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005397 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5398 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5399 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5400 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5401 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005403 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5404 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5405 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5406 is usually what you want since it allows for
5407 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5408 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005409 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005410 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5411 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5412 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5413 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5416 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5417 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5418 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5419 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5420 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005422 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5425 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5426 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5427 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5428 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5429 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5430 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005432 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005434 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5435 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005437 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005438
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005439 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005441 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005443 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005445 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005446
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005447 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005448
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005449 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5450 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005451
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005452 => setenv ethact FEC
5453 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5454 => setenv ethact SCC
5455 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005456
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005457 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5458 available network interfaces.
5459 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5460
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005461 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005462 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5463 When set to "once" the network operation will
5464 fail when all the available network interfaces
5465 are tried once without success.
5466 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5467 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005469 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005470
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005471 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005472 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5473 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5474 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5475 is silent.
5476
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005477 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005478 UDP source port.
5479
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005480 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5481 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5482
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005483 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5484 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5485
5486 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5487 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5488 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5489 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5490 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5491 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5492 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5493
5494 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005495 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005496 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005497
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005498The following image location variables contain the location of images
5499used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5500not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5501variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5502server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5503loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5504flash or offset in NAND flash.
5505
5506*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5507boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5508boards use these variables for other purposes.
5509
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005510Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5511----- --------- ----------- --------------
5512u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5513Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5514device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5515ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005516
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005517The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5518updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5519depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005521 bootfile - see above
5522 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5523 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5524 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5525 hostname - Target hostname
5526 ipaddr - see above
5527 netmask - Subnet Mask
5528 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5529 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005530
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005534 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5535 as type string and/or serial number
5536 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005538These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5539the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5540once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005541
5542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005543Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005545 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5546 with the "version" command. This variable is
5547 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005548
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005550Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5551only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005552
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005553
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005554Callback functions for environment variables:
5555---------------------------------------------
5556
5557For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005558when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005559be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5560deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5561effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5562
5563The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5564U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5565
5566These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5567static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5568in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5569associations. The list must be in the following format:
5570
5571 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5572 list = entry[,list]
5573
5574If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5575Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5576
5577Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5578with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5579override any association in the static list. You can define
5580CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005581".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005582
5583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584Command Line Parsing:
5585=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5588the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005590Old, simple command line parser:
5591--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005593- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5594- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005595- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005596- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5597 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005598 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5600 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005602Hush shell:
5603-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005605- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5606 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5607 until...do...done, ...
5608- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5609 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5610 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5611 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613General rules:
5614--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005616(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5617 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5618 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5619 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005621(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005622 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005623 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5624 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005626Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5627=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005628
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005629Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5631"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005632
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005633Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5634MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5635"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005637If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5638in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5639ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5640variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005642o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5643 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005645o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5646 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5647 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005649o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5650 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005652o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5653 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5654 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005656o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5657 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005658
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005659If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005660will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005661may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5662The naming convention is as follows:
5663"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005664
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005665Image Formats:
5666==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005667
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005668U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5669images in two formats:
5670
5671New uImage format (FIT)
5672-----------------------
5673
5674Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5675to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5676components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5677SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5678
5679
5680Old uImage format
5681-----------------
5682
5683Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5684preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5685details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005687* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5688 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005689 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5690 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5691 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005692* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005693 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5694 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005695* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5696* Load Address
5697* Entry Point
5698* Image Name
5699* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5702and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5703CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005704
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706Linux Support:
5707==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005709Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5710easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5711U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005713U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5714special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5715"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5716instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5717serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005718
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005719- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5720 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5721 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5724 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005726- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5727 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5728 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5729 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5730 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5731 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005732
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005734Linux HOWTO:
5735============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005737Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5738---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005739
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005740U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5741configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5742(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5743Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005745But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005747Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5748include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005749Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5750and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005751as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005752
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005753Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5754If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5755is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5756doc/driver-model.
5757
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759Configuring the Linux kernel:
5760-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005762No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5763device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766Building a Linux Image:
5767-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005769With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5770not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5771"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5772U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5773which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5774100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005775
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005776Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005777
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005778 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005779 make oldconfig
5780 make dep
5781 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005783The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5784encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5785CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005787* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005789* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005791 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5792 -R .note -R .comment \
5793 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005794
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005795* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005797 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005799* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005801 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5802 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5803 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005804
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005806The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5807with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5808combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5809byte header containing information about target architecture,
5810operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5811stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5814print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005816In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5817contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5818checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005820 tools/mkimage -l image
5821 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005823The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5824from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5827 -n name -d data_file image
5828 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5829 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5830 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5831 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5832 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5833 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5834 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5835 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005836
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005837Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5838address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5839kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005840
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005841- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5842- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005844So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005846 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5847 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005848 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005849 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5850 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5851 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5852 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5853 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5854 Load Address: 0x00000000
5855 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005857To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005859 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5860 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5861 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5862 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5863 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5864 Load Address: 0x00000000
5865 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005867NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5868speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5869needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5870need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005871
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005872 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005873 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5874 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005875 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005876 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5877 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5878 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5879 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5880 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5881 Load Address: 0x00000000
5882 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005883
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005884
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005885Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5886when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005887
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005888 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5889 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5890 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5891 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5892 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5893 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5894 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5895 Load Address: 0x00000000
5896 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005897
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005898The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5899option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5900option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5901from the image:
5902
5903 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5904 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5905 indexed by 'position'
5906
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005908Installing a Linux Image:
5909-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005911To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5912you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005914 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005916The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5917image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5918address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5919specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5920command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005921
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005922Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5923TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005925 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005927 .......... done
5928 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005930 => loads 40100000
5931 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5932 ~>examples/image.srec
5933 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5934 ...
5935 15989 15990 15991 15992
5936 [file transfer complete]
5937 [connected]
5938 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005939
5940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005941You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005942this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005943corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005945 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005947 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5948 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5949 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5950 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5951 Load Address: 00000000
5952 Entry Point: 0000000c
5953 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
5955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005956Boot Linux:
5957-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005958
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005959The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5960memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5961of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5962parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5963"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005964
5965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005966 => printenv bootargs
5967 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005969 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005971 => printenv bootargs
5972 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005974 => bootm 40020000
5975 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5976 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5977 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5978 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5979 Load Address: 00000000
5980 Entry Point: 0000000c
5981 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5982 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5983 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5984 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5985 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5986 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5987 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5988 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005989
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005990If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005991the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5992format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005994 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005996 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5997 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5998 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5999 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6000 Load Address: 00000000
6001 Entry Point: 0000000c
6002 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006004 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
6005 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6006 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6007 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6008 Load Address: 00000000
6009 Entry Point: 00000000
6010 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006012 => bootm 40100000 40200000
6013 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
6014 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6015 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6016 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6017 Load Address: 00000000
6018 Entry Point: 0000000c
6019 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6020 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6021 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6022 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6023 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6024 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6025 Load Address: 00000000
6026 Entry Point: 00000000
6027 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6028 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6029 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6030 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6031 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6032 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6033 ...
6034 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6035 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006037 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006038
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006039Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6040-----------
6041
6042First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6043titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6044following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6045flat device tree:
6046
6047=> print oftaddr
6048oftaddr=0x300000
6049=> print oft
6050oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6051=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6052Speed: 1000, full duplex
6053Using TSEC0 device
6054TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6055Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6056Load address: 0x300000
6057Loading: #
6058done
6059Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6060=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6061Speed: 1000, full duplex
6062Using TSEC0 device
6063TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6064Filename 'uImage'.
6065Load address: 0x200000
6066Loading:############
6067done
6068Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6069=> print loadaddr
6070loadaddr=200000
6071=> print oftaddr
6072oftaddr=0x300000
6073=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6074## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006075 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6076 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6077 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006078 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006079 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006080 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6081 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6082Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6083Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6084Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6085[snip]
6086
6087
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006088More About U-Boot Image Types:
6089------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006091U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006093 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6094 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6095 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6096 the Standalone Program.
6097 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6098 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6099 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6100 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6101 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6102 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6103 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6104 being started.
6105 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6106 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6107 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6108 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6109 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6110 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006112 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6113 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6114 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6115 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6116 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6117 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006119 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6120 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6121 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006123 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6124 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6125 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6126 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006127
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006128Booting the Linux zImage:
6129-------------------------
6130
6131On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6132using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6133as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6134
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006135Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006136kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6137address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6138format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6139
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006141Standalone HOWTO:
6142=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006144One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6145run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6146U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006148Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006150"Hello World" Demo:
6151-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006152
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006153'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6154application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6155It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6156like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006158 => loads
6159 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6160 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6161 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6162 [file transfer complete]
6163 [connected]
6164 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006166 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6167 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6168 Hello World
6169 argc = 7
6170 argv[0] = "40004"
6171 argv[1] = "Hello"
6172 argv[2] = "World!"
6173 argv[3] = "This"
6174 argv[4] = "is"
6175 argv[5] = "a"
6176 argv[6] = "test."
6177 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6178 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006180 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006182Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6183handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6184Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6185The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6186character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6187controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006189 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6190 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6191 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6192 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006194 => loads
6195 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6196 ~>examples/timer.srec
6197 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6198 [file transfer complete]
6199 [connected]
6200 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006202 => go 40004
6203 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6204 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6205 Using timer 1
6206 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006208Hit 'b':
6209 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6210 Enabling timer
6211Hit '?':
6212 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6213 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6214Hit '?':
6215 [q, b, e, ?] .
6216 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6217Hit '?':
6218 [q, b, e, ?] .
6219 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6220Hit '?':
6221 [q, b, e, ?] .
6222 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6223Hit 'e':
6224 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6225Hit 'q':
6226 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006227
6228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006229Minicom warning:
6230================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006232Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6233"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6234consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6235Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6236especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006237use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6238http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6239for help with kermit.
6240
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006242Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6243configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006245 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6246 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6247 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006248
6249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006250NetBSD Notes:
6251=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006253Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6254(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006256Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6257NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6258need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6259Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6260attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6261missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006263 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6264 # mkdir powerpc
6265 # ln -s powerpc machine
6266 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6267 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006268
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006269Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6270and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006271
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006272Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6273stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6274proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6275tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006276meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006277
6278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006279Implementation Internals:
6280=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006282The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6283implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6284inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6285hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006286
6287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006288Initial Stack, Global Data:
6289---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006291The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6292starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6293system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6294This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6295is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6296at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6297options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6298models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6299MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6300locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006301
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006302 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006303 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006305 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6306 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6307 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6308 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006309
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006310 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6311 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6312 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6313 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6314 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006315 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006316 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6317 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006319 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6320 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006321 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006322 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6323 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6324 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6325 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006327 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006328 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6329 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006330 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006331 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6332 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6333 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6334 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6335 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006337 -Chris Hallinan
6338 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006340It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6341code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006343* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6344 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006345
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006346* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006347 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6348 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006350* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6351 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006353Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006354normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006355turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6356simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6357functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6358functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6359the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6360place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6361reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006363When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6364relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6365GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006366
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006367For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6368 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006369 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006370 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6371 R5-R10: parameter passing
6372 R13: small data area pointer
6373 R30: GOT pointer
6374 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006375
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006376 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6377 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6378 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006379
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006380 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006382 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6383 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6384 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6385 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6386 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6387 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006388
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006389On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006390 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6391
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006392 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006394On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006396 R0: function argument word/integer result
6397 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006398 R9: platform specific
6399 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006400 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6401 R12: temporary workspace
6402 R13: stack pointer
6403 R14: link register
6404 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006405
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006406 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6407
6408 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006409
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006410On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6411 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6412
6413 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6414
6415 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6416 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6417
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006418On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6419
6420 R0-R1: argument/return
6421 R2-R5: argument
6422 R15: temporary register for assembler
6423 R16: trampoline register
6424 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6425 R29: global pointer (GP)
6426 R30: link register (LP)
6427 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6428 PC: program counter (PC)
6429
6430 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6431
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006432NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6433or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006435Memory Management:
6436------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006438U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6439MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006441The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6442controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6443memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6444physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006446U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6447TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6448booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6449to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006450memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006451configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6452Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006454Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6455of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006456
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006457So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6458this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006460 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6461 :
6462 0x0000 1FFF
6463 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6464 :
6465 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006467 :
6468 :
6469 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6470 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6471 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6472 :
6473 0x00FD FFFF
6474 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6475 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6476 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6477 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006478
6479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006480System Initialization:
6481----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006483In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006484(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006485configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006486To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6487To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6488initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6489which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6490part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6491the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006492
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006493Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6494preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6495(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6496on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6497programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6498simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6499banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006500
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006501When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6502different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6503bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
65040x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6505contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006507Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6508and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6509Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6510pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006512Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6513until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6514running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6515new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006516
6517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006518U-Boot Porting Guide:
6519----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006521[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6522list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006523
6524
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006525int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006526{
6527 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006528
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006529 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6530 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006532 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006533 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006534 return 0;
6535 }
6536
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006537 Download latest U-Boot source;
6538
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006539 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006540
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006541 if (clueless)
6542 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006544 while (learning) {
6545 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006546 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6547 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006548 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006549 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006550 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006551
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006552 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6553 Buy a BDI3000;
6554 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006555 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006556
6557 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6558 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6559 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6560 } else {
6561 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6562 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006563 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006564 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6565 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006566
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006567 while (!accepted) {
6568 while (!running) {
6569 do {
6570 Add / modify source code;
6571 } until (compiles);
6572 Debug;
6573 if (clueless)
6574 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6575 }
6576 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6577 if (reasonable critiques)
6578 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6579 else
6580 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006581 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006582
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006583 return 0;
6584}
6585
6586void no_more_time (int sig)
6587{
6588 hire_a_guru();
6589}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006590
6591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006592Coding Standards:
6593-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006595All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006596coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006597"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006598
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006599Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6600MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006601reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006602sources.
6603
6604Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6605Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6606in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006607
6608Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6609- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006610- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006611- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006612- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006613- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6614
6615Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6616with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006617
6618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006619Submitting Patches:
6620-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006622Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6623establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6624may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006625
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006626Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006627
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006628Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6629see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006631When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6632it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006634* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6635 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6636 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006638* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6639 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006641* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6642
6643* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6644
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006645* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6646 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006647
6648* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6649 document these in the README file.
6650
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006651* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6652 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006653 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006654 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6655 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006656
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006657 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6658 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6659 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006660
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006661 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6662 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6663 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6664 affected files).
6665
6666 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6667 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006668
6669* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6670 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6671
6672* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6673 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6674
6675
6676Notes:
6677
6678* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6679 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6680 for any of the boards.
6681
6682* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6683 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6684 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6685
6686* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6687 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6688 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6689 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6690 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6691 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006692
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006693* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6694 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6695 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6696 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.